summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c')
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c8740
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8740 deletions
diff --git a/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c b/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e48f66e..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8740 +0,0 @@
-/* ELF executable support for BFD.
-
- Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
- 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
-
-/*
-SECTION
- ELF backends
-
- BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
- Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
- (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
-
- Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
- to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
- haven't bothered yet. */
-
-/* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
-#define _SYSCALL32
-#include "bfd.h"
-#include "sysdep.h"
-#include "bfdlink.h"
-#include "libbfd.h"
-#define ARCH_SIZE 0
-#include "elf-bfd.h"
-#include "libiberty.h"
-
-static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
-static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
-static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
-static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
-static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
-
-/* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
- currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
- need to move into elfcode.h. */
-
-/* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
- Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
-{
- dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
- dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
- dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
- dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
- dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
- dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
- dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
-}
-
-/* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
- Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
-{
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
-}
-
-/* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
- Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
-{
- dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
- dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
-}
-
-/* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
- Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
-{
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
-}
-
-/* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
- Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
-{
- dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
- dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
- dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
- dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
- dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
-}
-
-/* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
- Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
-{
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
-}
-
-/* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
- Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
-{
- dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
- dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
- dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
- dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
- dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
-}
-
-/* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
- Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
-{
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
-}
-
-/* Swap in a Versym structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_External_Versym *src,
- Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
-{
- dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
-}
-
-/* Swap out a Versym structure. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
- const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
- Elf_External_Versym *dst)
-{
- H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
-}
-
-/* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
- cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
-
-unsigned long
-bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
-{
- const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
- unsigned long h = 0;
- unsigned long g;
- int ch;
-
- while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
- {
- h = (h << 4) + ch;
- if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
- {
- h ^= g >> 24;
- /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
- this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
- h ^= g;
- }
- }
- return h & 0xffffffff;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
-{
- /* This just does initialization. */
- /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
- elf_tdata (abfd) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
- if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
- return FALSE;
- /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
- initialization? */
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
-{
- /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
- return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
-}
-
-char *
-bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
- bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
- file_ptr offset;
- bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
-
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
- return NULL;
-
- shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
- if (shstrtab == NULL)
- {
- /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
- offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
- shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
-
- /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
- in case the string table is not terminated. */
- if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
- || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
- || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
- shstrtab = NULL;
- else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
- {
- if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
- shstrtab = NULL;
- }
- else
- shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
- i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
- }
- return (char *) shstrtab;
-}
-
-char *
-bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
- unsigned int shindex,
- unsigned int strindex)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
-
- if (strindex == 0)
- return "";
-
- hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
-
- if (hdr->contents == NULL
- && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
- {
- unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
- abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
- (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
- ? ".shstrtab"
- : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
- return "";
- }
-
- return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
-}
-
-/* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
- SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
- symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
- are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
- symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
-
-Elf_Internal_Sym *
-bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
- size_t symcount,
- size_t symoffset,
- Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
- void *extsym_buf,
- Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
- void *alloc_ext;
- const bfd_byte *esym;
- Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
- Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
- Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
- Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
- size_t extsym_size;
- bfd_size_type amt;
- file_ptr pos;
-
- if (symcount == 0)
- return intsym_buf;
-
- /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
- shndx_hdr = NULL;
- if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
- shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
-
- /* Read the symbols. */
- alloc_ext = NULL;
- alloc_extshndx = NULL;
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
- extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
- amt = symcount * extsym_size;
- pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
- if (extsym_buf == NULL)
- {
- alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
- extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
- }
- if (extsym_buf == NULL
- || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
- {
- intsym_buf = NULL;
- goto out;
- }
-
- if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
- extshndx_buf = NULL;
- else
- {
- amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
- pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
- if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
- {
- alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
- sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
- extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
- }
- if (extshndx_buf == NULL
- || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
- {
- intsym_buf = NULL;
- goto out;
- }
- }
-
- if (intsym_buf == NULL)
- {
- intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
- if (intsym_buf == NULL)
- goto out;
- }
-
- /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
- isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
- for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
- isym < isymend;
- esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
- (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym);
-
- out:
- if (alloc_ext != NULL)
- free (alloc_ext);
- if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
- free (alloc_extshndx);
-
- return intsym_buf;
-}
-
-/* Look up a symbol name. */
-const char *
-bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
- Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
- asection *sym_sec)
-{
- const char *name;
- unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
- unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
-
- if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
- /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
- && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
- && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
- {
- iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
- shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
- }
-
- name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
- if (name == NULL)
- name = "(null)";
- else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
- name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
-
- return name;
-}
-
-/* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
- sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
- pointers. */
-
-typedef union elf_internal_group {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
- unsigned int flags;
-} Elf_Internal_Group;
-
-/* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
- signature just a string? */
-
-static const char *
-group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
- unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
- Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
- Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
-
- /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
- that it is a symbol table section. */
- hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
- if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
- || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
- return NULL;
-
- /* Go read the symbol. */
- hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
- if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
- &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
-}
-
-/* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
-{
- unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
-
- /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
- is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
- if (num_group == 0)
- {
- unsigned int i, shnum;
-
- /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
- section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
- shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
- num_group = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
- if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
- num_group += 1;
- }
-
- if (num_group == 0)
- {
- num_group = (unsigned) -1;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
- }
- else
- {
- /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
- so we can find them quickly. */
- bfd_size_type amt;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
- = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- num_group = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
- if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
- {
- unsigned char *src;
- Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
-
- /* Add to list of sections. */
- elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
- num_group += 1;
-
- /* Read the raw contents. */
- BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
- amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
- shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
- sizeof (*dest) / 4);
- if (shdr->contents == NULL
- || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
- != shdr->sh_size))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
- array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
- to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
- pointers. */
- src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
- dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
- while (1)
- {
- unsigned int idx;
-
- src -= 4;
- --dest;
- idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
- if (src == shdr->contents)
- {
- dest->flags = idx;
- if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
- shdr->bfd_section->flags
- |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
- break;
- }
- if (idx >= shnum)
- {
- ((*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
- idx = 0;
- }
- dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
- {
- unsigned int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
- Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
- unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
-
- /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
- section is a member. */
- while (--n_elt != 0)
- if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
- {
- asection *s = NULL;
-
- /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
- other members to see if any others are linked via
- next_in_group. */
- idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
- n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
- while (--n_elt != 0)
- if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
- && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
- break;
- if (n_elt != 0)
- {
- /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
- insert current section in circular list. */
- elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
- elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
- elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
- }
- else
- {
- const char *gname;
-
- gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
- if (gname == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
-
- /* Start a circular list with one element. */
- elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
- }
-
- /* If the group section has been created, point to the
- new member. */
- if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
- elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
-
- i = num_group - 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
- {
- (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
- abfd, newsect);
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
-{
- unsigned int i;
- unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
- bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
- asection *s;
-
- /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
- for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
- if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
- {
- unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
- /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
- not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
- get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
- if (elfsec == 0)
- {
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed
- = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
- bed->link_order_error_handler
- (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
- abfd, s);
- }
- else
- {
- asection *link;
-
- this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
-
- /* PR 1991, 2008:
- Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
- sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
- link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
- if (link == NULL)
- {
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
- s->owner, s, elfsec);
- result = FALSE;
- }
-
- elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Process section groups. */
- if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
- return result;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
- Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
- unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
-
- while (--n_elt != 0)
- if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
- elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
- else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
- || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
- /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
- output object files. We adjust the group section size here
- so that relocatable link will work correctly when
- relocation sections are in section group in input object
- files. */
- shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
- else
- {
- /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
- abfd,
- (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
- bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
- (elf_elfheader (abfd)
- ->e_shstrndx),
- idx->shdr->sh_name),
- shdr->bfd_section->name);
- result = FALSE;
- }
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
-{
- return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
-}
-
-/* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
- BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
- const char *name,
- int shindex)
-{
- asection *newsect;
- flagword flags;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
-
- if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
- bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
- if (newsect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
- elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
- elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
-
- /* Always use the real type/flags. */
- elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
- elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
-
- newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
-
- if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
- || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
- || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
- bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
- return FALSE;
-
- flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
- if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
- flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
- flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
- if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
- {
- flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
- if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
- flags |= SEC_LOAD;
- }
- if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
- flags |= SEC_READONLY;
- if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
- flags |= SEC_CODE;
- else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
- flags |= SEC_DATA;
- if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
- {
- flags |= SEC_MERGE;
- newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
- if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
- flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
- }
- if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
- if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
- return FALSE;
- if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
- flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
-
- if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
- {
- /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
- not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
- static const struct
- {
- const char *name;
- int len;
- } debug_sections [] =
- {
- { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
- { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
- { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
- { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
- { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
- };
-
- if (name [0] == '.')
- {
- int i = name [1] - 'd';
- if (i >= 0
- && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
- && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
- && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
- debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
- flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
- }
- }
-
- /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
- only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
- g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
- The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
- are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
- all but one of the sections. */
- if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
- && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
- flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
-
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
- if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
- return FALSE;
-
- if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
- unsigned int i;
-
- /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
- If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
- some ELF linkers produce such output. */
- phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
- for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
- {
- if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
- break;
- }
- if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
- {
- phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
- for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
- {
- /* This section is part of this segment if its file
- offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
- span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
- loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
-
- Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
- refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
- though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
- have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
- place special significance on the address 0 and
- executables need to be able to have a segment which
- covers this address. */
- if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
- && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
- && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
- <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
- && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
- || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
- <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
- {
- if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
- newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
- + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
- else
- /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
- sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
- is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
- Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
- the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
- segment will contain sections with contiguous
- LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
- newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
- + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
-
- /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
- offsets whether a section with zero size should
- be placed at the end of one segment or the
- beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
- if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
- && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
- <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
-INTERNAL_FUNCTION
- bfd_elf_find_section
-
-SYNOPSIS
- struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
-
-DESCRIPTION
- Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
- Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
- internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
- isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
- mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
-*/
-
-struct elf_internal_shdr *
-bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
- char *shstrtab;
- unsigned int max;
- unsigned int i;
-
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- if (i_shdrp != NULL)
- {
- shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
- elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
- if (shstrtab != NULL)
- {
- max = elf_numsections (abfd);
- for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
- if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
- return i_shdrp[i];
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
- "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
- "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
- "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
-};
-
-/* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
- output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
- has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
- be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
- change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
- all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
- into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
- function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
- relocatable output against an external symbol. */
-
-bfd_reloc_status_type
-bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- arelent *reloc_entry,
- asymbol *symbol,
- void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asection *input_section,
- bfd *output_bfd,
- char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- if (output_bfd != NULL
- && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
- && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
- || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
- {
- reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
- return bfd_reloc_ok;
- }
-
- return bfd_reloc_continue;
-}
-
-/* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
-
-static void
-merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asection *sec)
-{
- BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
- sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
-}
-
-/* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
-{
- bfd *ibfd;
- asection *sec;
-
- if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
- return FALSE;
-
- for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
- if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
- for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
- if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
- && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
- {
- struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
-
- secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
- if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
- &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
- sec, &secdata->sec_info))
- return FALSE;
- else if (secdata->sec_info)
- sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
- }
-
- if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
- _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
- merge_sections_remove_hook);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
-{
- sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
- sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
- if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
- return;
-
- sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
-}
-
-/* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
- another. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
-{
- if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return TRUE;
-
- BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
- || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
- == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
-
- elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
- elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
- elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static const char *
-get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
-{
- const char *pt;
- switch (p_type)
- {
- case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
- case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
- case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
- case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
- case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
- case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
- case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
- case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
- case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
- case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
- case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
- default: pt = NULL; break;
- }
- return pt;
-}
-
-/* Print out the program headers. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
-{
- FILE *f = farg;
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
- asection *s;
- bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
-
- p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
- if (p != NULL)
- {
- unsigned int i, c;
-
- fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
- c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
- for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
- {
- const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
- char buf[20];
-
- if (pt == NULL)
- {
- sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
- pt = buf;
- }
- fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
- bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
- fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
- bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
- fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
- bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
- fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
- fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
- bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
- fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
- bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
- fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
- (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
- (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
- (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
- if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
- fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
- fprintf (f, "\n");
- }
- }
-
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
- if (s != NULL)
- {
- int elfsec;
- unsigned long shlink;
- bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
- size_t extdynsize;
- void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
-
- fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
-
- if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
- goto error_return;
-
- elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
- if (elfsec == -1)
- goto error_return;
- shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
-
- extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
- swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
-
- extdyn = dynbuf;
- extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
- for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
- const char *name;
- char ab[20];
- bfd_boolean stringp;
-
- (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
-
- if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
- break;
-
- stringp = FALSE;
- switch (dyn.d_tag)
- {
- default:
- sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
- name = ab;
- break;
-
- case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
- case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
- case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
- case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
- case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
- case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
- case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
- case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
- case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
- case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
- case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
- case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
- case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
- case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
- case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
- case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
- case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
- case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
- case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
- case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
- case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
- case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
- case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
- case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
- case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
- case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
- case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
- case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
- case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
- case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
- case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
- case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
- case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
- case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
- case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
- case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
- case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
- case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
- case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
- case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
- case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
- case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
- case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
- case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
- case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
- case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
- case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
- case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
- case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
- }
-
- fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
- if (! stringp)
- fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
- else
- {
- const char *string;
- unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
-
- string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
- if (string == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- fprintf (f, "%s", string);
- }
- fprintf (f, "\n");
- }
-
- free (dynbuf);
- dynbuf = NULL;
- }
-
- if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
- || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
- {
- if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
-
- fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
- for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
- {
- fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
- t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
- t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
- if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
-
- fprintf (f, "\t");
- for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
- a != NULL;
- a = a->vda_nextptr)
- fprintf (f, "%s ",
- a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
- fprintf (f, "\n");
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
-
- fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
- for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
-
- fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
- t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
- for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
- fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
- a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
- a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-
- error_return:
- if (dynbuf != NULL)
- free (dynbuf);
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
-
-void
-bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
- void *filep,
- asymbol *symbol,
- bfd_print_symbol_type how)
-{
- FILE *file = filep;
- switch (how)
- {
- case bfd_print_symbol_name:
- fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
- break;
- case bfd_print_symbol_more:
- fprintf (file, "elf ");
- bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
- fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
- break;
- case bfd_print_symbol_all:
- {
- const char *section_name;
- const char *name = NULL;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
- unsigned char st_other;
- bfd_vma val;
-
- section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
-
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
- name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
-
- if (name == NULL)
- {
- name = symbol->name;
- bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
- }
-
- fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
- /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
- we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
- For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
- we've printed the address; now print the size. */
- if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
- val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
- else
- val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
- bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
-
- /* If we have version information, print it. */
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
- && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
- || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
- {
- unsigned int vernum;
- const char *version_string;
-
- vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
-
- if (vernum == 0)
- version_string = "";
- else if (vernum == 1)
- version_string = "Base";
- else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
- version_string =
- elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
- else
- {
- Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
-
- version_string = "";
- for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
- t != NULL;
- t = t->vn_nextref)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
-
- for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
- {
- if (a->vna_other == vernum)
- {
- version_string = a->vna_nodename;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
- fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
- else
- {
- int i;
-
- fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
- for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
- putc (' ', file);
- }
- }
-
- /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
- st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
-
- switch (st_other)
- {
- case 0: break;
- case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
- case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
- case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
- default:
- /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
- everything hex. */
- fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
- }
-
- fprintf (file, " %s", name);
- }
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
-
-struct bfd_hash_entry *
-_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
- struct bfd_hash_table *table,
- const char *string)
-{
- /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
- subclass. */
- if (entry == NULL)
- {
- entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
- if (entry == NULL)
- return entry;
- }
-
- /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
- entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
- if (entry != NULL)
- {
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
- struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
-
- /* Set local fields. */
- ret->indx = -1;
- ret->dynindx = -1;
- ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
- ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
- memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
- - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
- /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
- This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
- file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
- reader will have the flag set correctly. */
- ret->non_elf = 1;
- }
-
- return entry;
-}
-
-/* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
- old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
-{
- struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
-
- /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
- symbol which just became indirect. */
-
- dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
- dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
- dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
- dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
- dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
- dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
-
- if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
- return;
-
- /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
- These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
- htab = elf_hash_table (info);
- if (ind->got.refcount > htab->init_got_refcount.refcount)
- {
- if (dir->got.refcount < 0)
- dir->got.refcount = 0;
- dir->got.refcount += ind->got.refcount;
- ind->got.refcount = htab->init_got_refcount.refcount;
- }
-
- if (ind->plt.refcount > htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount)
- {
- if (dir->plt.refcount < 0)
- dir->plt.refcount = 0;
- dir->plt.refcount += ind->plt.refcount;
- ind->plt.refcount = htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount;
- }
-
- if (ind->dynindx != -1)
- {
- if (dir->dynindx != -1)
- _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab->dynstr, dir->dynstr_index);
- dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
- dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
- ind->dynindx = -1;
- ind->dynstr_index = 0;
- }
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
- bfd_boolean force_local)
-{
- h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
- h->needs_plt = 0;
- if (force_local)
- {
- h->forced_local = 1;
- if (h->dynindx != -1)
- {
- h->dynindx = -1;
- _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
- h->dynstr_index);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
- (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
- bfd *abfd,
- struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
- struct bfd_hash_table *,
- const char *),
- unsigned int entsize)
-{
- bfd_boolean ret;
- int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
-
- table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
- table->dynobj = NULL;
- table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
- table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
- table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
- table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
- /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
- table->dynsymcount = 1;
- table->dynstr = NULL;
- table->bucketcount = 0;
- table->needed = NULL;
- table->hgot = NULL;
- table->merge_info = NULL;
- memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
- memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
- table->dynlocal = NULL;
- table->runpath = NULL;
- table->tls_sec = NULL;
- table->tls_size = 0;
- table->loaded = NULL;
- table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
-
- ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc, entsize);
- table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
-
-struct bfd_link_hash_table *
-_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
-{
- struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
- bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
-
- ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
- if (ret == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
- sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)))
- {
- free (ret);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return &ret->root;
-}
-
-/* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
- tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
- entry for a dynamic object. */
-
-void
-bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
-{
- if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
- && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
- elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
-}
-
-int
-bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
-{
- int lib_class;
- if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
- && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
- lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
- else
- lib_class = 0;
- return lib_class;
-}
-
-void
-bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
-{
- if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
- && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
- elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
-}
-
-/* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
- the linker ELF emulation code. */
-
-struct bfd_link_needed_list *
-bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- struct bfd_link_info *info)
-{
- if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
- return NULL;
- return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
-}
-
-/* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
- hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
-
-struct bfd_link_needed_list *
-bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- struct bfd_link_info *info)
-{
- if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
- return NULL;
- return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
-}
-
-/* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
- is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
- passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
-
-const char *
-bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
-{
- if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
- && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
- return elf_dt_name (abfd);
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
- the ELF linker emulation code. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
- struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
-{
- asection *s;
- bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
- int elfsec;
- unsigned long shlink;
- bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
- size_t extdynsize;
- void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
-
- *pneeded = NULL;
-
- if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
- return TRUE;
-
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
- if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
- goto error_return;
-
- elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
- if (elfsec == -1)
- goto error_return;
-
- shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
-
- extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
- swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
-
- extdyn = dynbuf;
- extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
- for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
-
- (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
-
- if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
- break;
-
- if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
- {
- const char *string;
- struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
- unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
- bfd_size_type amt;
-
- string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
- if (string == NULL)
- goto error_return;
-
- amt = sizeof *l;
- l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
- if (l == NULL)
- goto error_return;
-
- l->by = abfd;
- l->name = string;
- l->next = *pneeded;
- *pneeded = l;
- }
- }
-
- free (dynbuf);
-
- return TRUE;
-
- error_return:
- if (dynbuf != NULL)
- free (dynbuf);
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
-
-struct bfd_strtab_hash *
-_bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
-{
- struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
-
- ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
- if (ret != NULL)
- {
- bfd_size_type loc;
-
- loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
- BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
- if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
- {
- _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
- ret = NULL;
- }
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* ELF .o/exec file reading */
-
-/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- const char *name;
-
- name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
- elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
- hdr->sh_name);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (hdr->sh_type)
- {
- case SHT_NULL:
- /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
- return TRUE;
-
- case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
- case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
- case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
- case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
- case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
- case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
- case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
- case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
-
- case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
- if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
- return FALSE;
- if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
- || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
-
- /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
- sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
- string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
- if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
- {
- dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
- hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
- }
- else
- {
- unsigned int i, num_sec;
-
- num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
- for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
- {
- dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
- if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
- {
- hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
- if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
- return FALSE;
- BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
- elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
- elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
- abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
-
- /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
- SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
- treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
- decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
- set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
- linker. */
- if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
- && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
- && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
- shindex))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
- can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
- is most likely specified by the next section header. */
- if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
- {
- unsigned int i, num_sec;
-
- num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
- for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
- if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
- && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
- break;
- }
- if (i == num_sec)
- for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
- if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
- && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
- break;
- }
- if (i != shindex)
- return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
- }
- return TRUE;
-
- case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
- if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
- return FALSE;
- BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
- elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
- elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
- abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
-
- /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
- section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
-
- case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
- if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
- return TRUE;
-
- BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
- elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
- elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
- return TRUE;
-
- case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
- if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
- return TRUE;
- if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
- {
- elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
- elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
- {
- symtab_strtab:
- elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
- elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
- {
- dynsymtab_strtab:
- elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
- hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
- elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
- /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
- can handle it. */
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
- shindex);
- }
-
- /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
- regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
- just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
- if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
- {
- unsigned int i, num_sec;
-
- num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
- for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
- if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
- {
- /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
- if (i == shindex)
- return FALSE;
- if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
- return FALSE;
- if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
- goto symtab_strtab;
- if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
- goto dynsymtab_strtab;
- }
- }
- }
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
-
- case SHT_REL:
- case SHT_RELA:
- /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
- {
- asection *target_sect;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
- unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
-
- if (hdr->sh_entsize
- != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
- ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
- if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
- || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
- {
- ((*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
- abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
- shindex);
- }
-
- /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
- libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
- bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
- reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
- them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
- one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
- to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
- if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
- && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
- {
- unsigned int scan;
- int found;
-
- found = 0;
- for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
- {
- if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
- || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
- {
- if (found != 0)
- {
- found = 0;
- break;
- }
- found = scan;
- }
- }
- if (found != 0)
- hdr->sh_link = found;
- }
-
- /* Get the symbol table. */
- if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
- || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
- && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
- don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
- represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
- try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
- can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
- section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
- if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
- || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
- || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
- || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
- || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
- || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
- shindex);
-
- if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
- return FALSE;
- target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
- if (target_sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
- || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
- hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
- else
- {
- bfd_size_type amt;
- BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
- amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
- hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
- elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
- }
- *hdr2 = *hdr;
- elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
- target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
- target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
- target_sect->relocation = NULL;
- target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
- /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
- its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
- if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
- target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
- abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
- return TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case SHT_GNU_verdef:
- elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
- break;
-
- case SHT_GNU_versym:
- if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
- return FALSE;
- elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
- break;
-
- case SHT_GNU_verneed:
- elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
- break;
-
- case SHT_SHLIB:
- return TRUE;
-
- case SHT_GROUP:
- /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
- and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
- name. */
- if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
- return FALSE;
- name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
- return FALSE;
- if (hdr->contents != NULL)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
- unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
- asection *s;
-
- if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
- hdr->bfd_section->flags
- |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
-
- /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
- idx += n_elt;
- while (--n_elt != 0)
- if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
- && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
- {
- elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
- break;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
- return bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
- shindex);
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
- Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
-
-asection *
-bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
- struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
- asection *sec,
- unsigned long r_symndx)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
- unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
- Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
- Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
- unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
-
- if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
- return cache->sec[ent];
-
- symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
- if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
- &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- if (cache->abfd != abfd)
- {
- memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
- cache->abfd = abfd;
- }
- cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
- cache->sec[ent] = sec;
- if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
- || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
- {
- asection *s;
- s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
- if (s != NULL)
- cache->sec[ent] = s;
- }
- return cache->sec[ent];
-}
-
-/* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
- section. */
-
-asection *
-bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
-{
- if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
- return NULL;
- return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
-}
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
-{
- { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
-{
- { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
-{
- { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
- { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
- { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
- { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
- { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
-{
- { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
- { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
-{
- { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
- { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
- { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
- { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
- { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
- { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
- { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
-{
- { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
-{
- { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
- { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
- { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
-{
- { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
-{
- { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
- { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
-{
- { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
- { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
-{
- { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
- { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
- { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
- { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
-{
- { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
- { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
- { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
- { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
-{
- { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
- { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
- { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
-{
- special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
- special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
- special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
- NULL, /* 'e' */
- special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
- special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
- special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
- special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
- NULL, /* 'j' */
- NULL, /* 'k' */
- special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
- NULL, /* 'm' */
- special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
- NULL, /* 'o' */
- special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
- NULL, /* 'q' */
- special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
- special_sections_s, /* 's' */
- special_sections_t, /* 't' */
-};
-
-const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
-_bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
- const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
- unsigned int rela)
-{
- int i;
- int len;
-
- len = strlen (name);
-
- for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
- {
- int suffix_len;
- int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
-
- if (len < prefix_len)
- continue;
- if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
- continue;
-
- suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
- if (suffix_len <= 0)
- {
- if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
- {
- if (suffix_len == 0)
- continue;
- if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
- && (suffix_len == -2
- || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
- continue;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
- continue;
- if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
- spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
- suffix_len) != 0)
- continue;
- }
- return &spec[i];
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
-_bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
-{
- int i;
- const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
-
- /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
- if (sec->name == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- spec = bed->special_sections;
- if (spec)
- {
- spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
- bed->special_sections,
- sec->use_rela_p);
- if (spec != NULL)
- return spec;
- }
-
- if (sec->name[0] != '.')
- return NULL;
-
- i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
- if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
- return NULL;
-
- spec = special_sections[i];
-
- if (spec == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
-{
- struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
- const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
-
- sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
- if (sdata == NULL)
- {
- sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
- if (sdata == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
- }
-
- /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
-
- /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless
- it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in
- _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */
- if (abfd->direction != read_direction
- || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
- {
- ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
- if (ssect != NULL)
- {
- elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
- elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
-
- Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
- of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
- program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
- generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
-
- Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
- (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
- system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
- but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
- file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
- of combined data+bss.
-
- To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
- for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
- the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
- by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
- into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
-
- */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
- int index,
- const char *typename)
-{
- asection *newsect;
- char *name;
- char namebuf[64];
- size_t len;
- int split;
-
- split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
- && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
- && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
- sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
- len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
- if (!name)
- return FALSE;
- memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
- newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
- if (newsect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
- newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
- newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
- newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
- newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
- if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
- {
- newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
- newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
- if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
- {
- /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
- may be data. */
- newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
- }
- }
- if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
- {
- newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
- }
-
- if (split)
- {
- sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
- len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
- if (!name)
- return FALSE;
- memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
- newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
- if (newsect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
- newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
- newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
- if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
- {
- newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
- if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
- newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
- }
- if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
- newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
-
- switch (hdr->p_type)
- {
- case PT_NULL:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
-
- case PT_LOAD:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
-
- case PT_DYNAMIC:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
-
- case PT_INTERP:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
-
- case PT_NOTE:
- if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
- return FALSE;
- if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
- return FALSE;
- return TRUE;
-
- case PT_SHLIB:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
-
- case PT_PHDR:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
-
- case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
- "eh_frame_hdr");
-
- case PT_GNU_STACK:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
-
- case PT_GNU_RELRO:
- return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
-
- default:
- /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
- }
-}
-
-/* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
- relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
- relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
- asection *asect,
- bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
-{
- char *name;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
-
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
- rel_hdr->sh_name =
- (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
- FALSE);
- if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
- return FALSE;
- rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
- rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
- ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
- : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
- rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
- rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
- rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
- rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
- rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
-
-static void
-elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
-
- if (*failedptr)
- {
- /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
- loop. */
- return;
- }
-
- this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
-
- this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
- asect->name, FALSE);
- if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
- {
- *failedptr = TRUE;
- return;
- }
-
- /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
-
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
- || asect->user_set_vma)
- this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
- else
- this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
-
- this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
- this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
- this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
- this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
- /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
- copy_private_section_data. */
-
- this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
- this_hdr->contents = NULL;
-
- /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
- asect->flags. */
- if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
- {
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
- this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
- else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
- && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
- || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
- this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
- else
- this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
- }
-
- switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case SHT_STRTAB:
- case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
- case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
- case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
- case SHT_NOTE:
- case SHT_NOBITS:
- case SHT_PROGBITS:
- break;
-
- case SHT_HASH:
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
- break;
-
- case SHT_DYNSYM:
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
- break;
-
- case SHT_DYNAMIC:
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
- break;
-
- case SHT_RELA:
- if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
- break;
-
- case SHT_REL:
- if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
- break;
-
- case SHT_GNU_versym:
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
- break;
-
- case SHT_GNU_verdef:
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
- /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
- cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
- zero. */
- if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
- this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
- else
- BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
- || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
- break;
-
- case SHT_GNU_verneed:
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
- /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
- cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
- zero. */
- if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
- this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
- else
- BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
- || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
- break;
-
- case SHT_GROUP:
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
- break;
- }
-
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
- {
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
- }
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
- {
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
- if (asect->size == 0
- && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
- {
- struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
-
- this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
- if (o != NULL)
- {
- this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
- if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
- this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
- if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
- && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
- *failedptr = TRUE;
-
- /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
- SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
- this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
- create the other. */
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
- && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
- &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
- asect,
- asect->use_rela_p))
- *failedptr = TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
-
-void
-bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
-{
- bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
- unsigned long symindx;
- asection *elt, *first;
- unsigned char *loc;
- bfd_boolean gas;
-
- /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
- elfxx-ia64.c. */
- if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
- || *failedptr)
- return;
-
- symindx = 0;
- if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
- symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
-
- if (symindx == 0)
- {
- /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
- elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
- if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
- symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
- else
- symindx = sec->target_index;
- }
- elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
-
- /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
- gas = TRUE;
- if (sec->contents == NULL)
- {
- gas = FALSE;
- sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
-
- /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
- elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
- if (sec->contents == NULL)
- {
- *failedptr = TRUE;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
-
- /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
- squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
- start of the input section group. */
- first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
-
- /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
- indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
- just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
- directives, not that it matters. */
- while (elt != NULL)
- {
- asection *s;
- unsigned int idx;
-
- loc -= 4;
- s = elt;
- if (!gas)
- s = s->output_section;
- idx = 0;
- if (s != NULL)
- idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
- elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
- if (elt == first)
- break;
- }
-
- if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
- abort ();
-
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
-}
-
-/* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
- too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
- in here too, while we're at it. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
-{
- struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
- asection *sec;
- unsigned int section_number, secn;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
- struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
-
- section_number = 1;
-
- _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
-
- /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
- if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
- {
- /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
- for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
- {
- d = elf_section_data (sec);
-
- if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
- {
- if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
- {
- /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
- bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
- abfd->section_count--;
- }
- else
- {
- if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
- section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- d->this_idx = section_number++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
- {
- d = elf_section_data (sec);
-
- if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
- {
- if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
- section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- d->this_idx = section_number++;
- }
- _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
- if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
- d->rel_idx = 0;
- else
- {
- if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
- section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- d->rel_idx = section_number++;
- _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
- }
-
- if (d->rel_hdr2)
- {
- if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
- section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
- _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
- }
- else
- d->rel_idx2 = 0;
- }
-
- if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
- section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
- _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
- elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
-
- if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
- {
- if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
- section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- t->symtab_section = section_number++;
- _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
- if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
- {
- if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
- section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
- t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
- = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
- ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
- if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
- section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- t->strtab_section = section_number++;
- _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
- }
-
- _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
- t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
-
- elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
- elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
- if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
- elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
-
- /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
- indices. */
- i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
- if (i_shdrp == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
- if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
- {
- bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
-
- i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
- if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
- {
- i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
- if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
- {
- i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
- t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
- }
- i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
- t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
- }
-
- for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
- {
- struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
- asection *s;
- const char *name;
-
- i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
- if (d->rel_idx != 0)
- i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
- if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
- i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
-
- /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
-
- /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
- table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
- the relocation entries apply. */
- if (d->rel_idx != 0)
- {
- d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
- d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
- }
- if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
- {
- d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
- d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
- }
-
- /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
- if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
- {
- s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
- if (s)
- {
- /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
- if (link_info != NULL)
- {
- /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
- if (elf_discarded_section (s))
- {
- asection *kept;
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
- abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
- s, s->owner);
- /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
- size as the discarded one. */
- kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
- if (kept == NULL)
- {
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- return FALSE;
- }
- s = kept;
- }
-
- s = s->output_section;
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Handle objcopy. */
- if (s->output_section == NULL)
- {
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
- abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- return FALSE;
- }
- s = s->output_section;
- }
- d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
- }
- else
- {
- /* PR 290:
- The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
- SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
- sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
- where s is NULL. */
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed
- = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
- bed->link_order_error_handler
- (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
- abfd, sec);
- }
- }
-
- switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
- {
- case SHT_REL:
- case SHT_RELA:
- /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
- section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
- table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
- which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
- allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
- FIXME: How can we be sure? */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
- if (s != NULL)
- d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
-
- /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
- name = sec->name;
- if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
- name += 4;
- else
- name += 5;
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
- if (s != NULL)
- d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
- break;
-
- case SHT_STRTAB:
- /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
- string section. We look for a section with the same name
- but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
- field to point to this section. */
- if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
- && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
- {
- size_t len;
- char *alc;
-
- len = strlen (sec->name);
- alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
- if (alc == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
- alc[len - 3] = '\0';
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
- free (alc);
- if (s != NULL)
- {
- elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
-
- /* This is a .stab section. */
- if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
- elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
- = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case SHT_DYNAMIC:
- case SHT_DYNSYM:
- case SHT_GNU_verneed:
- case SHT_GNU_verdef:
- /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
- used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
- version strings. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
- if (s != NULL)
- d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
- break;
-
- case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
- /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
- list
- used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
- version strings. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
- ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
- if (s != NULL)
- d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
- break;
-
- case SHT_HASH:
- case SHT_GNU_versym:
- /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
- this hash table or version table is for. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
- if (s != NULL)
- d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
- break;
-
- case SHT_GROUP:
- d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
- }
- }
-
- for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
- if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
- i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
- else
- i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
- i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
- all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
-
-static int
-sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
-{
- /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
- return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
-
- return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
- || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
- || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
-{
- unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
- asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
- asymbol **sect_syms;
- unsigned int num_locals = 0;
- unsigned int num_globals = 0;
- unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
- unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
- int max_index = 0;
- unsigned int idx;
- asection *asect;
- asymbol **new_syms;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
- fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
- fflush (stderr);
-#endif
-
- for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
- {
- if (max_index < asect->index)
- max_index = asect->index;
- }
-
- max_index++;
- sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
- if (sect_syms == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
- elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
-
- /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
- decided to output. */
- for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
- {
- asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
-
- if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
- && sym->value == 0)
- {
- asection *sec;
-
- sec = sym->section;
-
- if (sec->owner != NULL)
- {
- if (sec->owner != abfd)
- {
- if (sec->output_offset != 0)
- continue;
-
- sec = sec->output_section;
-
- /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
- section symbol created for them. (See the comment
- near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
- linker.c). If the linker script discards such
- sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
- that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
- the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
- To reproduce this particular case try running the
- linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
- port that uses the generic linker. */
- if (sec->owner == NULL)
- continue;
-
- BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
- }
- sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Classify all of the symbols. */
- for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
- {
- if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
- num_locals++;
- else
- num_globals++;
- }
-
- /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
- sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
- eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
- at least in that case. */
- for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
- {
- if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
- {
- if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
- num_locals++;
- else
- num_globals++;
- }
- }
-
- /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
- new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
-
- if (new_syms == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
- {
- asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
- unsigned int i;
-
- if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
- i = num_locals2++;
- else
- i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
- new_syms[i] = sym;
- sym->udata.i = i + 1;
- }
- for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
- {
- if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
- {
- asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
- unsigned int i;
-
- sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
- if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
- i = num_locals2++;
- else
- i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
- new_syms[i] = sym;
- sym->udata.i = i + 1;
- }
- }
-
- bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
-
- elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
- elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
- ELF data structure. */
-
-static inline file_ptr
-align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
-{
- return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
-}
-
-/* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
- required section alignment. */
-
-file_ptr
-_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
- file_ptr offset,
- bfd_boolean align)
-{
- if (align)
- {
- unsigned int al;
-
- al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
- if (al > 1)
- offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
- }
- i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
- if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
- i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
- if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
- offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
- return offset;
-}
-
-/* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
- otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
- is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
- struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- bfd_boolean failed;
- struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
-
- if (abfd->output_has_begun)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
- if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
- (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
-
- if (! prep_headers (abfd))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
- if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
- (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
-
- failed = FALSE;
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
- if (failed)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
- if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
- {
- /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
- int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
-
- if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (link_info == NULL)
- {
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
- if (failed)
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
- /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
- shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
- shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
- shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
- shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
- shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
- shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
- shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
- /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
- shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
-
- if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
- {
- file_ptr off;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
-
- off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
-
- hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
- off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
-
- hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
- if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
- off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
-
- hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
- off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
-
- /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
- out. */
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
- return FALSE;
- _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
- }
-
- abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
-
-static struct elf_segment_map *
-make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
- asection **sections,
- unsigned int from,
- unsigned int to,
- bfd_boolean phdr)
-{
- struct elf_segment_map *m;
- unsigned int i;
- asection **hdrpp;
- bfd_size_type amt;
-
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (m == NULL)
- return NULL;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
- for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
- m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
- m->count = to - from;
-
- if (from == 0 && phdr)
- {
- /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
- m->includes_filehdr = 1;
- m->includes_phdrs = 1;
- }
-
- return m;
-}
-
-/* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
- on failure. */
-
-struct elf_segment_map *
-_bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
-{
- struct elf_segment_map *m;
-
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
- if (m == NULL)
- return NULL;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
- m->count = 1;
- m->sections[0] = dynsec;
-
- return m;
-}
-
-/* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd)
-{
- asection **sections = NULL;
- asection *s;
- unsigned int i;
- unsigned int count;
- struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
- struct elf_segment_map **pm;
- struct elf_segment_map *m;
- asection *last_hdr;
- bfd_vma last_size;
- unsigned int phdr_index;
- bfd_vma maxpagesize;
- asection **hdrpp;
- bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
- bfd_boolean writable;
- int tls_count = 0;
- asection *first_tls = NULL;
- asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
- bfd_size_type amt;
-
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
-
- sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
- if (sections == NULL)
- goto error_return;
-
- i = 0;
- for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
- {
- if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
- {
- sections[i] = s;
- ++i;
- }
- }
- BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
- count = i;
-
- qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
-
- /* Build the mapping. */
-
- mfirst = NULL;
- pm = &mfirst;
-
- /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
- the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
- section. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
- if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
- {
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
- /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
- m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
- m->p_flags_valid = 1;
- m->includes_phdrs = 1;
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
-
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
- m->count = 1;
- m->sections[0] = s;
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
- }
-
- /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
- segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
- a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
- last_hdr = NULL;
- last_size = 0;
- phdr_index = 0;
- maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
- writable = FALSE;
- dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
- if (dynsec != NULL
- && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
- dynsec = NULL;
-
- /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
- is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
- approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
- program headers we will need. */
- if (count > 0)
- {
- bfd_size_type phdr_size;
-
- phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
- if (phdr_size == 0)
- phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
- if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
- || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
- || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
- phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
- }
-
- for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
- {
- asection *hdr;
- bfd_boolean new_segment;
-
- hdr = *hdrpp;
-
- /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
- segment. */
-
- if (last_hdr == NULL)
- {
- /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
- one (we build the last one after this loop). */
- new_segment = FALSE;
- }
- else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
- {
- /* If this section has a different relation between the
- virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
- segment. */
- new_segment = TRUE;
- }
- else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
- < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
- {
- /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
- skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
- new_segment = TRUE;
- }
- else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
- && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
- {
- /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
- nonloadable section in the same segment.
- Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
- new_segment = TRUE;
- }
- else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
- {
- /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
- don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
- file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
- new_segment = FALSE;
- }
- else if (! writable
- && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
- && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
- & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
- != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
- {
- /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
- segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
- anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
- bring us past the current section on the page, so the
- only case in which the new section is not on the same
- page as the previous section is when the previous section
- ends precisely on a page boundary. */
- new_segment = TRUE;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
- new_segment = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (! new_segment)
- {
- if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
- writable = TRUE;
- last_hdr = hdr;
- /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
- if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
- last_size = hdr->size;
- else
- last_size = 0;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
- header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
-
- m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
-
- if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
- writable = TRUE;
- else
- writable = FALSE;
-
- last_hdr = hdr;
- /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
- if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
- last_size = hdr->size;
- else
- last_size = 0;
- phdr_index = i;
- phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
- if (last_hdr != NULL)
- {
- m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
- }
-
- /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
- if (dynsec != NULL)
- {
- m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
- }
-
- /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
- use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
- nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
- generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
- names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
- for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
- {
- if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
- && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
- {
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
- m->count = 1;
- m->sections[0] = s;
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
- }
- if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
- {
- if (! tls_count)
- first_tls = s;
- tls_count++;
- }
- }
-
- /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
- if (tls_count > 0)
- {
- int i;
-
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_TLS;
- m->count = tls_count;
- /* Mandated PF_R. */
- m->p_flags = PF_R;
- m->p_flags_valid = 1;
- for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
- m->sections[i] = first_tls;
- first_tls = first_tls->next;
- }
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
- }
-
- /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
- segment. */
- eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
- if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
- && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
- {
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
- m->count = 1;
- m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
- }
-
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
- {
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
- m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
- m->p_flags_valid = 1;
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
- }
-
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
- {
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (m == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- m->next = NULL;
- m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
- m->p_flags = PF_R;
- m->p_flags_valid = 1;
-
- *pm = m;
- pm = &m->next;
- }
-
- free (sections);
- sections = NULL;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
- return TRUE;
-
- error_return:
- if (sections != NULL)
- free (sections);
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Sort sections by address. */
-
-static int
-elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
-{
- const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
- const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
- bfd_size_type size1, size2;
-
- /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
- place the section into a segment. */
- if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
- return -1;
- else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
- return 1;
-
- /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
- the same, and this will do nothing. */
- if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
- return -1;
- else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
- return 1;
-
- /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
-
-#define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
-
- if (TOEND (sec1))
- {
- if (TOEND (sec2))
- {
- /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
- here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
- if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
- return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
- }
- else
- return 1;
- }
- else if (TOEND (sec2))
- return -1;
-
-#undef TOEND
-
- /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
- before others at the same address. */
-
- size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
- size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
-
- if (size1 < size2)
- return -1;
- if (size1 > size2)
- return 1;
-
- return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
-}
-
-/* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
-
- We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
- not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
- negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
- are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
- larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
- which is wrong.
-
- What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
- the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
- the page size.'' */
-/* In other words, something like:
-
- vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
- off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
- if (vma_offset < off_offset)
- adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
- else
- adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
-
- which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
-
-static file_ptr
-vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
-{
- return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
-}
-
-static void
-print_segment_map (bfd *abfd)
-{
- struct elf_segment_map *m;
- unsigned int i, j;
-
- fprintf (stderr, _(" Section to Segment mapping:\n"));
- fprintf (stderr, _(" Segment Sections...\n"));
-
- for (i= 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
- m != NULL;
- i++, m = m->next)
- {
- const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
- char buf[32];
-
- if (pt == NULL)
- {
- if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
- sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
- (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
- else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
- sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
- (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
- else
- snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
- (unsigned int) m->p_type);
- pt = buf;
- }
- fprintf (stderr, " %2.2d: %14.14s: ", i, pt);
- for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s ", m->sections [j]->name);
- putc ('\n',stderr);
- }
-}
-
-/* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
- sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
- the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- unsigned int count;
- struct elf_segment_map *m;
- unsigned int alloc;
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
- file_ptr off, voff;
- bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
- bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
-
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
- {
- if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
- return FALSE;
- }
- else
- {
- /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
- not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
- sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
- sections. */
- for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
- m != NULL;
- m = m->next)
- {
- unsigned int new_count;
- unsigned int i;
-
- new_count = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
- {
- if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
- && ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
- || m->p_type != PT_LOAD))
- {
- if (i != new_count)
- m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
-
- new_count ++;
- }
- }
-
- if (new_count != m->count)
- m->count = new_count;
- }
- }
-
- if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
- {
- if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info))
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- count = 0;
- for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
- ++count;
-
- elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
- elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
-
- if (count == 0)
- {
- elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
- that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
- is used in a linker script. */
- alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
- if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
- {
- ((*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
- abfd, alloc, count));
- print_segment_map (abfd);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (alloc == 0)
- alloc = count;
-
- phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
- if (phdrs == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
-
- filehdr_vaddr = 0;
- filehdr_paddr = 0;
- phdrs_vaddr = 0;
- phdrs_paddr = 0;
-
- for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
- m != NULL;
- m = m->next, p++)
- {
- unsigned int i;
- asection **secpp;
-
- /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
- sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
- not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
- contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
- Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
- if (m->count > 1
- && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
- && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
- qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
- elf_sort_sections);
-
- /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
- number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
- and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
- that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
- available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
- an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
- but need zero filled memory allocation. */
- voff = 0;
- p->p_type = m->p_type;
- p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
-
- if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
- && m->count > 0)
- {
- bfd_size_type align;
- bfd_vma adjust;
- unsigned int align_power = 0;
-
- for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
- {
- unsigned int secalign;
-
- secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
- if (secalign > align_power)
- align_power = secalign;
- }
- align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
-
- if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > align)
- align = bed->maxpagesize;
-
- adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
- off += adjust;
- if (adjust != 0
- && !m->includes_filehdr
- && !m->includes_phdrs
- && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
- {
- /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
- any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
- space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
- However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
- .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
- whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
- i = 0;
- while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
- {
- if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
- || ++i >= m->count)
- {
- off -= adjust;
- voff = adjust - align;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
- PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
- else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
- && m->count > 1
- && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
- abfd);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (m->count == 0)
- p->p_vaddr = 0;
- else
- p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
-
- if (m->p_paddr_valid)
- p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
- else if (m->count == 0)
- p->p_paddr = 0;
- else
- p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
-
- if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
- && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
- p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
- else if (m->count == 0)
- p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
- else
- p->p_align = 0;
-
- p->p_offset = 0;
- p->p_filesz = 0;
- p->p_memsz = 0;
-
- if (m->includes_filehdr)
- {
- if (! m->p_flags_valid)
- p->p_flags |= PF_R;
- p->p_offset = 0;
- p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- if (m->count > 0)
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
-
- if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
- {
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
- abfd);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- p->p_vaddr -= off;
- if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
- p->p_paddr -= off;
- }
- if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
- {
- filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
- filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
- }
- }
-
- if (m->includes_phdrs)
- {
- if (! m->p_flags_valid)
- p->p_flags |= PF_R;
-
- if (m->includes_filehdr)
- {
- if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
- {
- phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
-
- if (m->count > 0)
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
- p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
- if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
- p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
- }
-
- if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
- {
- phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
- phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
- }
- else
- phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- }
-
- p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
- p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
- }
-
- if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
- || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
- {
- if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
- p->p_offset = off + voff;
- else
- {
- file_ptr adjust;
-
- adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
- p->p_filesz += adjust;
- p->p_memsz += adjust;
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
- {
- asection *sec;
- flagword flags;
- bfd_size_type align;
-
- sec = *secpp;
- flags = sec->flags;
- align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
-
- if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
- || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
- {
- bfd_signed_vma adjust;
-
- if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
- {
- adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
- if (adjust < 0)
- {
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
- abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
- adjust = 0;
- }
- off += adjust;
- p->p_filesz += adjust;
- p->p_memsz += adjust;
- }
- /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
- normal segments. */
- else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
- || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
- {
- /* The section VMA must equal the file position
- modulo the page size. */
- bfd_size_type page = align;
- if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > page)
- page = bed->maxpagesize;
- adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
- p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
- page);
- p->p_memsz += adjust;
- }
- }
-
- if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
- {
- /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
- everything. */
- if (i == 0)
- {
- sec->filepos = off;
- off += sec->size;
- p->p_filesz = sec->size;
- p->p_memsz = 0;
- p->p_align = 1;
- }
- else
- {
- /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
- sec->filepos = 0;
- sec->size = 0;
- sec->flags = 0;
- continue;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
- {
- sec->filepos = off;
- /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
- 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
- plausible explanation is that it is to work around
- a problem we have with linker scripts using data
- statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
- makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
- assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
- people do this. The data statement results in a
- bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
- section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
- to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
- section with contents to the output. Make room
- here for the write, so that following segments are
- not trashed. */
- if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
- || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
- off += sec->size;
- }
-
- if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
- {
- p->p_filesz += sec->size;
- p->p_memsz += sec->size;
- }
- /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded
- contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */
- else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
- && (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
- p->p_filesz += sec->size;
-
- /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
- normal segments. */
- else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
- || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
- p->p_memsz += sec->size;
-
- if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
- && sec->size == 0
- && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
- {
- struct bfd_link_order *o = sec->map_tail.link_order;
- if (o != NULL)
- p->p_memsz += o->offset + o->size;
- }
-
- if (align > p->p_align
- && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
- p->p_align = align;
- }
-
- if (! m->p_flags_valid)
- {
- p->p_flags |= PF_R;
- if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
- p->p_flags |= PF_X;
- if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
- p->p_flags |= PF_W;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
- the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
- for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
- m != NULL;
- m = m->next, p++)
- {
- if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
- /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position,
- do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section
- not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any
- PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */
- if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC && m->sections[0]->filepos == 0)
- {
- unsigned int i;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
-
- i = 1;
- while (i_shdrpp[i]->bfd_section != m->sections[0])
- ++i;
- off = (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section
- (i_shdrpp[i], off, TRUE));
- p->p_filesz = m->sections[0]->size;
- }
- p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
- }
- if (m->count == 0)
- {
- if (m->includes_filehdr)
- {
- p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
- if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
- p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
- }
- else if (m->includes_phdrs)
- {
- p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
- if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
- p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
- }
- else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
-
- for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
- {
- if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
- && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
- && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
- && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
- >= link_info->relro_end)
- break;
- }
-
- if (lp < phdrs + count
- && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
- {
- p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
- p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
- p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
- p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
- p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
- p->p_align = 1;
- p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
- }
- else
- {
- memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
- p->p_type = PT_NULL;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
- for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
- {
- memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
- p->p_type = PT_NULL;
- }
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
-
- /* Write out the program headers. */
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Get the size of the program header.
-
- If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
- can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
- happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
- SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
- data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
-
- ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
- will be two segments. */
-
-static bfd_size_type
-get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd)
-{
- size_t segs;
- asection *s;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
-
- /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
- return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
-
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
- {
- struct elf_segment_map *m;
-
- segs = 0;
- for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
- ++segs;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
- return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
- }
-
- /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
- and one for data. */
- segs = 2;
-
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
- if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
- {
- /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
- PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
- PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
- targets. */
- segs += 2;
- }
-
- if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
- {
- /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
- ++segs;
- }
-
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
- {
- /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
- ++segs;
- }
-
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
- {
- /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
- ++segs;
- }
-
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
- {
- /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
- ++segs;
- }
-
- for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
- {
- if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
- && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
- {
- /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
- ++segs;
- }
- }
-
- for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
- {
- if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
- {
- /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
- ++segs;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
- if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
- {
- int a;
-
- a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
- if (a == -1)
- abort ();
- segs += a;
- }
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
- return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
-}
-
-/* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
- _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
- VMAs must be known before this is called.
-
- Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
- "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
- those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
- stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
- consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
- image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
- assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
-
- We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
- struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
-{
- struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
- file_ptr off;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
-
- if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
- && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
- unsigned int i;
-
- /* Start after the ELF header. */
- off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
-
- /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
- not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
- the sections in the file is unimportant. */
- for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
-
- hdr = *hdrpp;
- if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
- && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
- || i == tdata->symtab_section
- || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
- || i == tdata->strtab_section)
- {
- hdr->sh_offset = -1;
- }
- else
- off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
-
- if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
- {
- i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- unsigned int i;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
-
- /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
- assignment of sections to segments. */
- if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
-
- off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
- for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
-
- hdr = *hdrpp;
- if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
- && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
- hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
- else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
- {
- ((*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
- abfd,
- (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
- ? "*unknown*"
- : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
- if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
- off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
- bed->maxpagesize);
- else
- off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
- hdr->sh_addralign);
- off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
- FALSE);
- }
- else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
- && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
- || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
- || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
- || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
- hdr->sh_offset = -1;
- else
- off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
-
- if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
- {
- i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Place the section headers. */
- off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
- i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
- off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
- Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
- struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
-
- i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
-
- shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
- if (shstrtab == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
-
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
-
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
- bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
-
- if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
- i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
- else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
- i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
- else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
- i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
- else
- i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
-
- switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
- {
- case bfd_arch_unknown:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
- break;
-
- /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
- e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
- in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
- the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
- can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
- unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
- Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
- e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
- default:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
- }
-
- i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
- i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
-
- /* No program header, for now. */
- i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
- i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
- i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
-
- /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
- i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
- i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
-
- /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
- if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
- /* It all happens later. */
- ;
- else
- {
- i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
- i_phdrp = 0;
- i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
- }
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
- (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
- elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
- (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
- elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
- (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
- || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
- || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
- of the loadable file image. */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
-{
- file_ptr off;
- unsigned int i, num_sec;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
-
- off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
-
- num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
- for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
-
- shdrp = *shdrpp;
- if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
- && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
- off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
- }
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
- bfd_boolean failed;
- unsigned int count, num_sec;
-
- if (! abfd->output_has_begun
- && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
- return FALSE;
-
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
-
- failed = FALSE;
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
- if (failed)
- return FALSE;
-
- _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
-
- /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
- num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
- for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
- {
- if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
- (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
- if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
- {
- bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
-
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
- count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
- }
-
- /* Write out the section header names. */
- if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
- && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
- (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
- elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
-
- return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
-{
- /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
- return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
-}
-
-/* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
-
-int
-_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
- int index;
-
- if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
- && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
- return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
-
- if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
- index = SHN_ABS;
- else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
- index = SHN_COMMON;
- else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
- index = SHN_UNDEF;
- else
- index = -1;
-
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
- {
- int retval = index;
-
- if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
- return retval;
- }
-
- if (index == -1)
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
-
- return index;
-}
-
-/* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
- on error. */
-
-int
-_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
-{
- asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
- int idx;
- flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
-
- /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
- own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
- symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
- relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
- input sections rather than the output section. */
- if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
- && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
- && asym_ptr->section)
- {
- int indx;
-
- if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
- indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
- else
- indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
- if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
- && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
- asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
- }
-
- idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
-
- if (idx == 0)
- {
- /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
- which is used in a relocation entry. */
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
- abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
- return -1;
- }
-
-#if DEBUG & 4
- {
- fprintf (stderr,
- "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
- (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
- elf_symbol_flags (flags));
- fflush (stderr);
- }
-#endif
-
- return idx;
-}
-
-/* Rewrite program header information. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
- struct elf_segment_map *map;
- struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
- struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
- asection *section;
- unsigned int i;
- unsigned int num_segments;
- bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
- bfd_vma maxpagesize;
- struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
- unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
-
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
- iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
-
- map_first = NULL;
- pointer_to_map = &map_first;
-
- num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
- maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
-
- /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
-#define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
- (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
- ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
-
-#define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
- (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
- != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
- ? section->size : 0)
-
- /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
- the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
-#define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
- (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
- && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
- <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
-
- /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
- the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
-#define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
- (section->lma >= base \
- && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
- <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
-
- /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
-#define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
- (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
- && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
- && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
- && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
- && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
- <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
-
- /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
- linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
- p_memsz set to 0. */
-#define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
- (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
- && p->p_paddr == 0 \
- && p->p_memsz == 0 \
- && p->p_filesz > 0 \
- && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
- && s->size > 0 \
- && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
- && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
- <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
-
- /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
- A section will be included if:
- 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
- if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
- 2. It is an allocated segment,
- 3. There is an output section associated with it,
- 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
- 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
- 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
- 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
- 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
- (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
-#define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
- ((((segment->p_paddr \
- ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
- : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
- && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
- || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
- && section->output_section != NULL \
- && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
- && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
- || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
- && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
- || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
- || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
- && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
- || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
- || (segment->p_paddr \
- ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
- : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
- || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
- == 0)) \
- && ! section->segment_mark)
-
- /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
-#define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
- (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
-
- /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
- their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
- It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
- ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
- to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
- LMA. */
-#define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
- ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
- || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
- && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
- || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
-
- /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
- for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
- section->segment_mark = FALSE;
-
- /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
- of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
- in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
- parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
- for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
- i < num_segments;
- i++, segment++)
- {
- unsigned int j;
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
-
- if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
- for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
- if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
- {
- /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
- assignment code will work. */
- segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
- break;
- }
-
- if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
- continue;
-
- /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
- for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
- {
- bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
-
- if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
- || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
- continue;
-
- /* Merge the two segments together. */
- if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
- {
- /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
- SEGMENT. */
- extra_length =
- SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
- - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
-
- if (extra_length > 0)
- {
- segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
- segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
- }
-
- segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
-
- /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
- i = 0;
- segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
- break;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
- SEGMENT2. */
- extra_length =
- SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
- - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
-
- if (extra_length > 0)
- {
- segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
- segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
- }
-
- segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
- for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
- i < num_segments;
- i ++, segment ++)
- {
- unsigned int section_count;
- asection ** sections;
- asection * output_section;
- unsigned int isec;
- bfd_vma matching_lma;
- bfd_vma suggested_lma;
- unsigned int j;
- bfd_size_type amt;
-
- if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
- continue;
-
- /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
- for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
- section != NULL;
- section = section->next)
- if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
- ++section_count;
-
- /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
- all of the sections we have selected. */
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
- map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
- if (map == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
- using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
- map->next = NULL;
- map->p_type = segment->p_type;
- map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
- map->p_flags_valid = 1;
- map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
- map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
-
- /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
- and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
- map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
- && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
-
- map->includes_phdrs = 0;
-
- if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
- {
- map->includes_phdrs =
- (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
- && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
- >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
- + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
-
- if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
- phdr_included = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (section_count == 0)
- {
- /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
- no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
- something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
- a warning is produced. */
- if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
- ibfd);
-
- map->count = 0;
- *pointer_to_map = map;
- pointer_to_map = &map->next;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
- to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
- The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
- been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
-
- 1. None of the sections have been moved.
- In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
- input BFD.
-
- 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
- In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
- of the first section.
-
- 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
- In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
- placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
- and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
- have to be created to contain the other sections.
-
- 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
- In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
- of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
- or segments to contain the other sections.
-
- In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
- pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
- to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
-
- /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
- to work around this long long bug. */
- sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
- if (sections == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
- Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
- Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
- case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
- we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
- more to do. */
- isec = 0;
- matching_lma = 0;
- suggested_lma = 0;
-
- for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
- section != NULL;
- section = section->next)
- {
- if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
- {
- output_section = section->output_section;
-
- sections[j ++] = section;
-
- /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
- We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
- correct value. Note - some backends require that
- p_paddr be left as zero. */
- if (segment->p_paddr == 0
- && segment->p_vaddr != 0
- && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
- && isec == 0
- && output_section->lma != 0
- && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
- + (map->includes_filehdr
- ? iehdr->e_ehsize
- : 0)
- + (map->includes_phdrs
- ? (iehdr->e_phnum
- * iehdr->e_phentsize)
- : 0))))
- map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
-
- /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
- LMA address of the output section. */
- if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
- || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
- || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
- IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
- )
- {
- if (matching_lma == 0)
- matching_lma = output_section->lma;
-
- /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
- then it does not overlap any other section within that
- segment. */
- map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
- }
- else if (suggested_lma == 0)
- suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
- }
- }
-
- BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
-
- /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
- if necessary. */
- if (isec == section_count)
- {
- /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
- specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
- the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
- program header in the input BFD. */
- map->count = section_count;
- *pointer_to_map = map;
- pointer_to_map = &map->next;
-
- free (sections);
- continue;
- }
- else
- {
- if (matching_lma != 0)
- {
- /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
- Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
- LMA of the first section that fitted. */
- map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
- }
- else
- {
- /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
- Change the current segment's physical address to match
- the LMA of the first section. */
- map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
- }
-
- /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
- to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
- if (map->includes_filehdr)
- map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
-
- if (map->includes_phdrs)
- {
- map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
-
- /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
- of program headers that we will need. Make a note
- here of the number we used and the segment we chose
- to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
- offset when we know the correct value. */
- phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
- phdr_adjust_seg = map;
- }
- }
-
- /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
- those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
- sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
- possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
- added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
- to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
- the loop. */
- isec = 0;
- do
- {
- map->count = 0;
- suggested_lma = 0;
-
- /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
- for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
- {
- section = sections[j];
-
- if (section == NULL)
- continue;
-
- output_section = section->output_section;
-
- BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
-
- if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
- || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
- {
- if (map->count == 0)
- {
- /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
- the beginning of the segment, then something is
- wrong. */
- if (output_section->lma !=
- (map->p_paddr
- + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
- + (map->includes_phdrs
- ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
- : 0)))
- abort ();
- }
- else
- {
- asection * prev_sec;
-
- prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
-
- /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
- and the start of this section is more than
- maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
- if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
- maxpagesize)
- < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
- || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
- > output_section->lma))
- {
- if (suggested_lma == 0)
- suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
-
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
- ++isec;
- sections[j] = NULL;
- section->segment_mark = TRUE;
- }
- else if (suggested_lma == 0)
- suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
- }
-
- BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
-
- /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
- *pointer_to_map = map;
- pointer_to_map = &map->next;
-
- if (isec < section_count)
- {
- /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
- segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
- and carry on looping. */
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
- map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
- if (map == NULL)
- {
- free (sections);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
- physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
- not yet been assigned. */
- map->next = NULL;
- map->p_type = segment->p_type;
- map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
- map->p_flags_valid = 1;
- map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
- map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
- map->includes_filehdr = 0;
- map->includes_phdrs = 0;
- }
- }
- while (isec < section_count);
-
- free (sections);
- }
-
- /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
- p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
- file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
- reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
- for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
- if (map->p_paddr != 0)
- break;
- if (map == NULL)
- for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
- map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
-
- elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
-
- /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
- going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
- the offset if necessary. */
- if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
- {
- unsigned int count;
-
- for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
- count++;
-
- if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
- phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
- -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
- }
-
-#undef SEGMENT_END
-#undef SECTION_SIZE
-#undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
-#undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
-#undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
-#undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
-#undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
-#undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
-#undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Copy ELF program header information. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
- struct elf_segment_map *map;
- struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
- struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
- unsigned int i;
- unsigned int num_segments;
- bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
-
- iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
-
- map_first = NULL;
- pointer_to_map = &map_first;
-
- num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
- for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
- i < num_segments;
- i++, segment++)
- {
- asection *section;
- unsigned int section_count;
- bfd_size_type amt;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
-
- /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
- if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
- continue;
-
- /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
- for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
- section != NULL;
- section = section->next)
- {
- this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
- if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
- section_count++;
- }
-
- /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
- all of the sections we have selected. */
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- if (section_count != 0)
- amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
- map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
- if (map == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
- input segment. */
- map->next = NULL;
- map->p_type = segment->p_type;
- map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
- map->p_flags_valid = 1;
- map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
- map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
-
- /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
- and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
- map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
- && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
-
- map->includes_phdrs = 0;
- if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
- {
- map->includes_phdrs =
- (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
- && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
- >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
- + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
-
- if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
- phdr_included = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (section_count != 0)
- {
- unsigned int isec = 0;
-
- for (section = ibfd->sections;
- section != NULL;
- section = section->next)
- {
- this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
- if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
- map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
- }
- }
-
- map->count = section_count;
- *pointer_to_map = map;
- pointer_to_map = &map->next;
- }
-
- elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
- information. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
-{
- if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
- {
- /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
- header are changed. */
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
- asection *section, *osec;
- unsigned int i, num_segments;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
-
- /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
- for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
- section = section->next)
- section->segment_mark = FALSE;
-
- num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
- for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
- i < num_segments;
- i++, segment++)
- {
- for (section = ibfd->sections;
- section != NULL; section = section->next)
- {
- /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
- from the input BFD. */
- osec = section->output_section;
- if (osec)
- osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
-
- /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
- this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
- if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
- {
- /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
- removed. What else do we need to check? */
- if (osec == NULL
- || section->flags != osec->flags
- || section->lma != osec->lma
- || section->vma != osec->vma
- || section->size != osec->size
- || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
- || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
- goto rewrite;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
- input BFD. */
- for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
- section = section->next)
- {
- if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
- goto rewrite;
- else
- section->segment_mark = FALSE;
- }
-
- return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
- }
-
-rewrite:
- return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
-}
-
-/* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
- asection *isec,
- bfd *obfd,
- asection *osec,
- struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
-
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
- bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
-
- if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* FIXME: What if the output ELF section type has been set to
- something different? */
- if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL)
- elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
-
- /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
- SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
- to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
- See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
-
- if (need_group)
- {
- if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
- || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
- {
- if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
- elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
- elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
- elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
- }
- }
-
- ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
-
- /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
- don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
- may be NULL at this point. */
- if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
- {
- ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
- ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
- elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
- }
-
- osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
- field, and sometimes the info field. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
- asection *isec,
- bfd *obfd,
- asection *osec)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
-
- if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return TRUE;
-
- ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
- ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
-
- ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
-
- if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
- || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
- || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
- || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
- ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
-
- return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
- NULL);
-}
-
-/* Copy private header information. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
-{
- if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
- This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
- entry point, because the latter is called after the section
- contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
- already been worked out. */
- if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
- {
- if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
- which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
- index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
- section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
- swap_out_syms function. */
-
-#define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
-#define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
-#define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
-#define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
-#define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
- asymbol *isymarg,
- bfd *obfd,
- asymbol *osymarg)
-{
- elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
-
- if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return TRUE;
-
- isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
- osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
-
- if (isym != NULL
- && osym != NULL
- && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
- {
- unsigned int shndx;
-
- shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
- if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
- shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
- else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
- shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
- else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
- shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
- else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
- shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
- else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
- shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
- osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Swap out the symbols. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
- struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
- int relocatable_p)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
- int symcount;
- asymbol **syms;
- struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
- bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
- bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
- int idx;
- bfd_size_type amt;
- bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
-
- if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Dump out the symtabs. */
- stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
- if (stt == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
- symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
- symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
- symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
- symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
- symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
- symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
-
- symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
-
- outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
- if (outbound_syms == NULL)
- {
- _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
- return FALSE;
- }
- symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
-
- outbound_shndx = NULL;
- symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
- if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
- {
- amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
- outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
- sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
- if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
- {
- _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
- symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
- symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
- symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
- symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
- }
-
- /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
- {
- /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
- Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
- sym.st_name = 0;
- sym.st_value = 0;
- sym.st_size = 0;
- sym.st_info = 0;
- sym.st_other = 0;
- sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
- bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
- outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
- if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
- outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
- }
-
- name_local_sections
- = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
- && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
-
- syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
- for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
- bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
- elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
- flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
- int type;
-
- if (!name_local_sections
- && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
- {
- /* Local section symbols have no name. */
- sym.st_name = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
- syms[idx]->name,
- TRUE, FALSE);
- if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
- {
- _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
-
- if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
- && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
- {
- /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
- and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
- how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
- sym.st_size = value;
- if (type_ptr == NULL
- || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
- sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
- else
- sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
- sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
- (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
- }
- else
- {
- asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
- int shndx;
-
- if (sec->output_section)
- {
- value += sec->output_offset;
- sec = sec->output_section;
- }
-
- /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
- if (! relocatable_p)
- value += sec->vma;
- sym.st_value = value;
- sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
-
- if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
- && type_ptr != NULL
- && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
- {
- /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
- not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
- by copy_private_symbol_data. */
- shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
- switch (shndx)
- {
- case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
- shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
- break;
- case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
- shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
- break;
- case MAP_STRTAB:
- shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
- break;
- case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
- shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
- break;
- case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
- shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
-
- if (shndx == -1)
- {
- asection *sec2;
-
- /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
- we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
- knew what to expect of the library, and what to
- demand of applications. For example, it
- appears that `objcopy' might not set the
- section of a symbol to be a section that is
- actually in the output file. */
- sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
- if (sec2 == NULL)
- {
- _bfd_error_handler (_("\
-Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
- syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
- sec->name);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
- _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
- BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
- }
- }
-
- sym.st_shndx = shndx;
- }
-
- if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
- type = STT_TLS;
- else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
- type = STT_FUNC;
- else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
- type = STT_OBJECT;
- else
- type = STT_NOTYPE;
-
- if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
- type = STT_TLS;
-
- /* Processor-specific types. */
- if (type_ptr != NULL
- && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
- type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
- (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
-
- if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
- {
- if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
- else
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
- }
- else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
- else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
- ? STB_WEAK
- : STB_GLOBAL),
- type);
- else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
- else
- {
- int bind = STB_LOCAL;
-
- if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
- bind = STB_LOCAL;
- else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
- bind = STB_WEAK;
- else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
- bind = STB_GLOBAL;
-
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
- }
-
- if (type_ptr != NULL)
- sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
- else
- sym.st_other = 0;
-
- bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
- outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
- if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
- outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
- }
-
- *sttp = stt;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
-
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
-
- Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
- the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
- always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
-{
- long symcount;
- long symtab_size;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
-
- symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
- symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
- if (symcount > 0)
- symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
-
- return symtab_size;
-}
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
-{
- long symcount;
- long symtab_size;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
-
- if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
- {
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
- return -1;
- }
-
- symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
- symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
- if (symcount > 0)
- symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
-
- return symtab_size;
-}
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- sec_ptr asect)
-{
- return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
-}
-
-/* Canonicalize the relocs. */
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
- sec_ptr section,
- arelent **relptr,
- asymbol **symbols)
-{
- arelent *tblptr;
- unsigned int i;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
-
- if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
- return -1;
-
- tblptr = section->relocation;
- for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
- *relptr++ = tblptr++;
-
- *relptr = NULL;
-
- return section->reloc_count;
-}
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
-
- if (symcount >= 0)
- bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
- return symcount;
-}
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
- asymbol **allocation)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
-
- if (symcount >= 0)
- bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
- return symcount;
-}
-
-/* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
- section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
- or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
- dynamic reloc section. */
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
-{
- long ret;
- asection *s;
-
- if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
- {
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
- return -1;
- }
-
- ret = sizeof (arelent *);
- for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
- if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
- && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
- && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
- || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
- ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
- * sizeof (arelent *));
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
- dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
- associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
- designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
- one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
- installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
- dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
- arelent **storage,
- asymbol **syms)
-{
- bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
- asection *s;
- long ret;
-
- if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
- {
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
- return -1;
- }
-
- slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
- ret = 0;
- for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
- {
- if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
- && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
- && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
- || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
- {
- arelent *p;
- long count, i;
-
- if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
- return -1;
- count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
- p = s->relocation;
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- *storage++ = p++;
- ret += count;
- }
- }
-
- *storage = NULL;
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* Read in the version information. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
-{
- bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
- unsigned int freeidx = 0;
-
- if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
- Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
- Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
- unsigned int i;
- bfd_byte *contents_end;
-
- hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
- sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
- goto error_return;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
-
- contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
- if (contents == NULL)
- {
-error_return_verref:
- elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
- goto error_return;
- }
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
- goto error_return_verref;
-
- if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
- goto error_return_verref;
-
- BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
- == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
- contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
- everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
- iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
- for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
- {
- Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
- Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
- unsigned int j;
-
- _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
-
- iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
-
- iverneed->vn_filename =
- bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
- iverneed->vn_file);
- if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
- goto error_return_verref;
-
- if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
- iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
- else
- {
- iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
- sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
- if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
- goto error_return_verref;
- }
-
- if (iverneed->vn_aux
- > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
- goto error_return_verref;
-
- evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
- ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
- ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
- for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
- {
- _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
-
- ivernaux->vna_nodename =
- bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
- ivernaux->vna_name);
- if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
- goto error_return_verref;
-
- if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
- ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
- else
- ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
-
- if (ivernaux->vna_next
- > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
- goto error_return_verref;
-
- evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
- ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
-
- if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
- freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
- }
-
- if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
- iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
- else
- iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
-
- if (iverneed->vn_next
- > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
- goto error_return_verref;
-
- everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
- ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
- }
-
- free (contents);
- contents = NULL;
- }
-
- if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
- Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
- Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
- Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
- Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
- unsigned int i;
- unsigned int maxidx;
- bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
-
- hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
-
- contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
- if (contents == NULL)
- goto error_return;
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
- goto error_return;
-
- if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
- goto error_return;
-
- BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
- >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
- contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
- - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
- contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
- - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
-
- /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
- index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
- the maximum. */
- everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
- maxidx = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
- {
- _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
-
- if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
- maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
-
- if (iverdefmem.vd_next
- > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
- goto error_return;
-
- everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
- ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
- }
-
- if (default_imported_symver)
- {
- if (freeidx > maxidx)
- maxidx = ++freeidx;
- else
- freeidx = ++maxidx;
- }
- elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
- sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
- goto error_return;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
-
- everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
- iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
- for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
- {
- Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
- Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
- unsigned int j;
-
- _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
-
- if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
- {
-error_return_verdef:
- elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
- goto error_return;
- }
-
- iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
- memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
-
- iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
-
- if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
- iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
- else
- {
- iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
- sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
- if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
- goto error_return_verdef;
- }
-
- if (iverdef->vd_aux
- > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
- goto error_return_verdef;
-
- everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
- ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
- iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
- for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
- {
- _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
-
- iverdaux->vda_nodename =
- bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
- iverdaux->vda_name);
- if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
- goto error_return_verdef;
-
- if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
- iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
- else
- iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
-
- if (iverdaux->vda_next
- > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
- goto error_return_verdef;
-
- everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
- ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
- }
-
- if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
- iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
-
- if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
- iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
- else
- iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
-
- everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
- ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
- }
-
- free (contents);
- contents = NULL;
- }
- else if (default_imported_symver)
- {
- if (freeidx < 3)
- freeidx = 3;
- else
- freeidx++;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
- sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
- goto error_return;
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
- }
-
- /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
- if (default_imported_symver)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
- Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
-
- iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
-
- iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
- iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
- iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
- iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
-
- iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
-
- iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
- if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
- goto error_return_verdef;
- iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
- iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
- if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
- goto error_return_verdef;
-
- iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
- iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
- iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-
- error_return:
- if (contents != NULL)
- free (contents);
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-asymbol *
-_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
-{
- elf_symbol_type *newsym;
- bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
-
- newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (!newsym)
- return NULL;
- else
- {
- newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
- return &newsym->symbol;
- }
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asymbol *symbol,
- symbol_info *ret)
-{
- bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
-}
-
-/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
- use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
- override it. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- const char *name)
-{
- /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
- if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
- return TRUE;
-
- /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
- DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
- if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
- return TRUE;
-
- /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
- emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
- small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
- underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
- we treat such symbols as local. */
- if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-alent *
-_bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- abort ();
- return NULL;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
- enum bfd_architecture arch,
- unsigned long machine)
-{
- /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
- isn't the generic backend, fail. */
- if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
- && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
- && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
- return FALSE;
-
- return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
-}
-
-/* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
- for error reporting. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asection *section,
- asymbol **symbols,
- bfd_vma offset,
- const char **filename_ptr,
- const char **functionname_ptr)
-{
- const char *filename;
- asymbol *func, *file;
- bfd_vma low_func;
- asymbol **p;
- /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
- choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
- local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
- global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
- file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
- ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
- make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
- file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
- enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
-
- filename = NULL;
- func = NULL;
- file = NULL;
- low_func = 0;
- state = nothing_seen;
-
- for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
- {
- elf_symbol_type *q;
-
- q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
-
- switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
- {
- default:
- break;
- case STT_FILE:
- file = &q->symbol;
- if (state == symbol_seen)
- state = file_after_symbol_seen;
- continue;
- case STT_NOTYPE:
- case STT_FUNC:
- if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
- && q->symbol.value >= low_func
- && q->symbol.value <= offset)
- {
- func = (asymbol *) q;
- low_func = q->symbol.value;
- filename = NULL;
- if (file != NULL
- && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
- || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
- filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
- }
- break;
- }
- if (state == nothing_seen)
- state = symbol_seen;
- }
-
- if (func == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (filename_ptr)
- *filename_ptr = filename;
- if (functionname_ptr)
- *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
- for error reporting. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
- asection *section,
- asymbol **symbols,
- bfd_vma offset,
- const char **filename_ptr,
- const char **functionname_ptr,
- unsigned int *line_ptr)
-{
- bfd_boolean found;
-
- if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
- filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
- line_ptr))
- {
- if (!*functionname_ptr)
- elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
- *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
- functionname_ptr);
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
- filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
- line_ptr, 0,
- &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
- {
- if (!*functionname_ptr)
- elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
- *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
- functionname_ptr);
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
- &found, filename_ptr,
- functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
- &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
- return FALSE;
- if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
- return TRUE;
-
- if (symbols == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
- filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
- return FALSE;
-
- *line_ptr = 0;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Find the line for a symbol. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
- const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
-{
- return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
- filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
- &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
-}
-
-/* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
- bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
- each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
- passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
- for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
- const char **filename_ptr,
- const char **functionname_ptr,
- unsigned int *line_ptr)
-{
- bfd_boolean found;
- found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
- functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
- & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
- return found;
-}
-
-int
-_bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc)
-{
- int ret;
-
- ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
- if (! reloc)
- ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
- return ret;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
- sec_ptr section,
- const void *location,
- file_ptr offset,
- bfd_size_type count)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
- bfd_signed_vma pos;
-
- if (! abfd->output_has_begun
- && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
- return FALSE;
-
- hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
- pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- abort ();
-}
-
-/* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
-{
- /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
-
- if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
- {
- bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
- reloc_howto_type *howto;
-
- /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
- equivalent ELF reloc. */
-
- if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
- {
- switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
- {
- case 8:
- code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
- break;
- case 12:
- code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
- break;
- case 16:
- code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
- break;
- case 24:
- code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
- break;
- case 32:
- code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
- break;
- case 64:
- code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
- break;
- default:
- goto fail;
- }
-
- howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
-
- if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
- {
- if (howto->pcrel_offset)
- areloc->addend += areloc->address;
- else
- areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
- }
- }
- else
- {
- switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
- {
- case 8:
- code = BFD_RELOC_8;
- break;
- case 14:
- code = BFD_RELOC_14;
- break;
- case 16:
- code = BFD_RELOC_16;
- break;
- case 26:
- code = BFD_RELOC_26;
- break;
- case 32:
- code = BFD_RELOC_32;
- break;
- case 64:
- code = BFD_RELOC_64;
- break;
- default:
- goto fail;
- }
-
- howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
- }
-
- if (howto)
- areloc->howto = howto;
- else
- goto fail;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-
- fail:
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
- abfd, areloc->howto->name);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
-{
- if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
- {
- if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
- _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
- _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
- }
-
- return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
-}
-
-/* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
- in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
- range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
- this reloc. */
-
-bfd_reloc_status_type
-_bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
- (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- return bfd_reloc_ok;
-}
-
-/* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
- toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
- machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
- out details about the corefile. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
-# include <sys/procfs.h>
-#endif
-
-/* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
-
-static int
-elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
-{
- return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
- + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
-}
-
-/* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
- data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
- reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
- overwrite it. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
-{
- asection *sect2;
-
- if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
- return TRUE;
-
- sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
- if (sect2 == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- sect2->size = sect->size;
- sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
- sect2->flags = sect->flags;
- sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
- actually creates up to two pseudosections:
- - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
- such a section already exists.
- - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
- PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
- Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
- char *name,
- size_t size,
- ufile_ptr filepos)
-{
- char buf[100];
- char *threaded_name;
- size_t len;
- asection *sect;
-
- /* Build the section name. */
-
- sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
- len = strlen (buf) + 1;
- threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
- if (threaded_name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
-
- sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name);
- if (sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- sect->size = size;
- sect->filepos = filepos;
- sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- sect->alignment_power = 2;
-
- return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
-}
-
-/* prstatus_t exists on:
- solaris 2.5+
- linux 2.[01] + glibc
- unixware 4.2
-*/
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- size_t size;
- int offset;
-
- if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
- {
- prstatus_t prstat;
-
- size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
- offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
- memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
-
- /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
- has already been set by another thread. */
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
-
- /* pr_who exists on:
- solaris 2.5+
- unixware 4.2
- pr_who doesn't exist on:
- linux 2.[01]
- */
-#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
-#endif
- }
-#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
- else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
- {
- /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
- prstatus32_t prstat;
-
- size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
- offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
- memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
-
- /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
- has already been set by another thread. */
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
-
- /* pr_who exists on:
- solaris 2.5+
- unixware 4.2
- pr_who doesn't exist on:
- linux 2.[01]
- */
-#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
-#endif
- }
-#endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
- else
- {
- /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
- note size (ie. data object type). */
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
- return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
- size, note->descpos + offset);
-}
-#endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
-
-/* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
- char *name,
- Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
- note->descsz, note->descpos);
-}
-
-/* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
- but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
- data structure apart. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
-}
-
-/* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
- type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
- literally. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
-}
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
-typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
-#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
-typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
-typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
-#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
-typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
- most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
- the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
-
-char *
-_bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
-{
- char *dups;
- char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
- size_t len;
-
- if (end == NULL)
- len = max;
- else
- len = end - start;
-
- dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
- if (dups == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- memcpy (dups, start, len);
- dups[len] = '\0';
-
- return dups;
-}
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
- {
- elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
-
- memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
- = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
- sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
- = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
- sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
- }
-#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
- else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
- {
- /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
- elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
-
- memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
- = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
- sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
- = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
- sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
- }
-#endif
-
- else
- {
- /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
- note size (ie. data object type). */
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
- onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
- implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
-
- {
- char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
- int n = strlen (command);
-
- if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
- command[n - 1] = '\0';
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-#endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
-#if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
- || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
-#endif
- )
- {
- pstatus_t pstat;
-
- memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
- }
-#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
- else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
- {
- /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
- pstatus32_t pstat;
-
- memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
- }
-#endif
- /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
- lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
- NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-#endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
- char buf[100];
- char *name;
- size_t len;
- asection *sect;
-
- if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
- && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
-#endif
- )
- return TRUE;
-
- memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
-
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
-
- /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
-
- sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
- len = strlen (buf) + 1;
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- memcpy (name, buf, len);
-
- sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
- if (sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
- sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
- sect->filepos = note->descpos
- + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
- sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
- sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
-#endif
-
- sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- sect->alignment_power = 2;
-
- if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
-
- sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
- len = strlen (buf) + 1;
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- memcpy (name, buf, len);
-
- sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
- if (sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
- sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
- sect->filepos = note->descpos
- + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
- sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
- sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
-#endif
-
- sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- sect->alignment_power = 2;
-
- return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
-}
-#endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- char buf[30];
- char *name;
- size_t len;
- asection *sect;
- win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
-
- if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
- return TRUE;
-
- memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
-
- switch (pstatus.data_type)
- {
- case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
- /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
- break;
-
- case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
- /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
- sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
-
- len = strlen (buf) + 1;
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- memcpy (name, buf, len);
-
- sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
- if (sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
- sect->filepos = (note->descpos
- + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
- data.thread_info.thread_context));
- sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- sect->alignment_power = 2;
-
- if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
- if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
- return FALSE;
- break;
-
- case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
- /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
- sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
- (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
-
- len = strlen (buf) + 1;
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- memcpy (name, buf, len);
-
- sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
-
- if (sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- sect->size = note->descsz;
- sect->filepos = note->descpos;
- sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- sect->alignment_power = 2;
- break;
-
- default:
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-#endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
-
- switch (note->type)
- {
- default:
- return TRUE;
-
- case NT_PRSTATUS:
- if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
- if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
- return TRUE;
-#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
- return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
-#else
- return TRUE;
-#endif
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
- case NT_PSTATUS:
- return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
- case NT_LWPSTATUS:
- return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
-#endif
-
- case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
- return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
-
-#if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
- case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
- return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
-#endif
-
- case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
- if (note->namesz == 6
- && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
- return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
- else
- return TRUE;
-
- case NT_PRPSINFO:
- case NT_PSINFO:
- if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
- if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
- return TRUE;
-#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
- return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
-#else
- return TRUE;
-#endif
-
- case NT_AUXV:
- {
- asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv");
-
- if (sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- sect->size = note->descsz;
- sect->filepos = note->descpos;
- sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
-
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
-{
- char *cp;
-
- cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
- if (cp != NULL)
- {
- *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
-
- /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
- = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
-
- /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
- = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
-
- /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
- = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
-
- return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
- note);
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- int lwp;
-
- if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
-
- if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
- {
- /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
- find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
- since the kernel writes this note out first when it
- creates a core file. */
-
- return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
- }
-
- /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
- defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
- than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
- understand it. */
-
- if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
- return TRUE;
-
-
- switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
- {
- /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
- PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
-
- case bfd_arch_alpha:
- case bfd_arch_sparc:
- switch (note->type)
- {
- case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
- return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
-
- case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
- return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
-
- default:
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
- PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
-
- default:
- switch (note->type)
- {
- case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
- return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
-
- case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
- return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
-
- default:
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid)
-{
- void *ddata = note->descdata;
- char buf[100];
- char *name;
- asection *sect;
- short sig;
- unsigned flags;
-
- /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
-
- /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
- *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
-
- /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
- flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
-
- /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
- if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
- {
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
- }
-
- /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
- do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
- thread just in case. */
- if (flags & 0x00000080)
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
-
- /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
- sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid);
-
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- strcpy (name, buf);
-
- sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
- if (sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- sect->size = note->descsz;
- sect->filepos = note->descpos;
- sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- sect->alignment_power = 2;
-
- return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
- Elf_Internal_Note *note,
- pid_t tid,
- char *base)
-{
- char buf[100];
- char *name;
- asection *sect;
-
- /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
- sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, (long) tid);
-
- name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
- if (name == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- strcpy (name, buf);
-
- sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
- if (sect == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- sect->size = note->descsz;
- sect->filepos = note->descpos;
- sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- sect->alignment_power = 2;
-
- /* This is the current thread. */
- if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
- return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-#define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
-#define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
-#define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
-#define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
-{
- /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
- tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
- function. */
- static pid_t tid = 1;
-
- switch (note->type)
- {
- case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
- return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
- case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
- return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
- case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
- return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
- case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
- return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
- default:
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/* Function: elfcore_write_note
-
- Inputs:
- buffer to hold note
- name of note
- type of note
- data for note
- size of data for note
-
- Return:
- End of buffer containing note. */
-
-char *
-elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
- char *buf,
- int *bufsiz,
- const char *name,
- int type,
- const void *input,
- int size)
-{
- Elf_External_Note *xnp;
- size_t namesz;
- size_t pad;
- size_t newspace;
- char *p, *dest;
-
- namesz = 0;
- pad = 0;
- if (name != NULL)
- {
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
-
- namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
- }
-
- newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
-
- p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
- dest = p + *bufsiz;
- *bufsiz += newspace;
- xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
- H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
- dest = xnp->name;
- if (name != NULL)
- {
- memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
- dest += namesz;
- while (pad != 0)
- {
- *dest++ = '\0';
- --pad;
- }
- }
- memcpy (dest, input, size);
- return p;
-}
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
-char *
-elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
- char *buf,
- int *bufsiz,
- const char *fname,
- const char *psargs)
-{
- int note_type;
- char *note_name = "CORE";
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
- psinfo_t data;
- note_type = NT_PSINFO;
-#else
- prpsinfo_t data;
- note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
-#endif
-
- memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
- strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
- strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
- return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
- note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
-}
-#endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
-char *
-elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
- char *buf,
- int *bufsiz,
- long pid,
- int cursig,
- const void *gregs)
-{
- prstatus_t prstat;
- char *note_name = "CORE";
-
- memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
- prstat.pr_pid = pid;
- prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
- memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
- return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
- note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
-}
-#endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
-char *
-elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
- char *buf,
- int *bufsiz,
- long pid,
- int cursig,
- const void *gregs)
-{
- lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
- char *note_name = "CORE";
-
- memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
- lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
- lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
-#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
- memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
-#elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
-#if !defined(gregs)
- memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
- gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
-#else
- memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
- gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
-#endif
-#endif
- return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
- NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
-}
-#endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
-char *
-elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
- char *buf,
- int *bufsiz,
- long pid,
- int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- pstatus_t pstat;
- char *note_name = "CORE";
-
- memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
- pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
- buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
- NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
- return buf;
-}
-#endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
-
-char *
-elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
- char *buf,
- int *bufsiz,
- const void *fpregs,
- int size)
-{
- char *note_name = "CORE";
- return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
- note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
-}
-
-char *
-elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
- char *buf,
- int *bufsiz,
- const void *xfpregs,
- int size)
-{
- char *note_name = "LINUX";
- return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
- note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
-{
- char *buf;
- char *p;
-
- if (size <= 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
- return FALSE;
-
- buf = bfd_malloc (size);
- if (buf == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
- {
- error:
- free (buf);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- p = buf;
- while (p < buf + size)
- {
- /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
- Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
- Elf_Internal_Note in;
-
- in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
-
- in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
- in.namedata = xnp->name;
-
- in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
- in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
- in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
-
- if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
- {
- if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
- goto error;
- }
- else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
- {
- if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
- goto error;
- }
- else
- {
- if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
- goto error;
- }
-
- p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
- }
-
- free (buf);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
-
-/* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
- copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
- occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
-
-long
-bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
-{
- if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- {
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
- return -1;
- }
-
- return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
-}
-
-/* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
- will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
- defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
- buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
-
- Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
- error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
-
-int
-bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
-{
- int num_phdrs;
-
- if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- {
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
- return -1;
- }
-
- num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
- memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
- num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
-
- return num_phdrs;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
-{
-#ifdef BFD64
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
-
- i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
- sprintf_vma (buf, value);
- else
- {
- if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
- {
-#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
- sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
-#else
- sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
- _bfd_int64_low (value));
-#endif
- }
- else
- sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
- }
-#else
- sprintf_vma (buf, value);
-#endif
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
-{
-#ifdef BFD64
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
-
- i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
- fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
- else
- {
- if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
- {
-#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
- fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
-#else
- fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
- _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
-#endif
- }
- else
- fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
- (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
- }
-#else
- fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
-#endif
-}
-
-enum elf_reloc_type_class
-_bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- return reloc_class_normal;
-}
-
-/* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
- relocation against a local symbol. */
-
-bfd_vma
-_bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
- Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
- asection **psec,
- Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
-{
- asection *sec = *psec;
- bfd_vma relocation;
-
- relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
- + sec->output_offset
- + sym->st_value);
- if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
- && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
- && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
- {
- rel->r_addend =
- _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
- elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
- sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
- if (sec != *psec)
- {
- /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
- marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
- SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
- other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
- some info around for --emit-relocs. */
- if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
- sec->kept_section = *psec;
- sec = *psec;
- }
- rel->r_addend -= relocation;
- rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
- }
- return relocation;
-}
-
-bfd_vma
-_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
- Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
- asection **psec,
- bfd_vma addend)
-{
- asection *sec = *psec;
-
- if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
- return sym->st_value + addend;
-
- return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
- elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
- sym->st_value + addend);
-}
-
-bfd_vma
-_bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
- struct bfd_link_info *info,
- asection *sec,
- bfd_vma offset)
-{
- switch (sec->sec_info_type)
- {
- case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
- return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
- offset);
- case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
- return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
- default:
- return offset;
- }
-}
-
-/* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
- reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
- based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
- points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
- between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
- file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
-
- The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
- remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
- should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
- be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
- the remote memory. */
-
-bfd *
-bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
- (bfd *templ,
- bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
- bfd_vma *loadbasep,
- int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
-{
- return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
- (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
-}
-
-long
-_bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
- long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- long dynsymcount,
- asymbol **dynsyms,
- asymbol **ret)
-{
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- asection *relplt;
- asymbol *s;
- const char *relplt_name;
- bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
- arelent *p;
- long count, i, n;
- size_t size;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
- char *names;
- asection *plt;
-
- *ret = NULL;
-
- if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
- return 0;
-
- if (dynsymcount <= 0)
- return 0;
-
- if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
- return 0;
-
- relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
- if (relplt_name == NULL)
- relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
- relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
- if (relplt == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
- if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
- || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
- return 0;
-
- plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
- if (plt == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
- if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
- return -1;
-
- count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
- size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
- p = relplt->relocation;
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
- size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
-
- s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
- if (s == NULL)
- return -1;
-
- names = (char *) (s + count);
- p = relplt->relocation;
- n = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
- {
- size_t len;
- bfd_vma addr;
-
- addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
- if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
- continue;
-
- *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
- /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
- we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
- if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
- s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
- s->section = plt;
- s->value = addr - plt->vma;
- s->name = names;
- len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
- memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
- names += len;
- memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
- names += sizeof ("@plt");
- ++n;
- }
-
- return n;
-}
-
-/* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
- sorted by section at the beginning. */
-
-static int
-elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
-{
- const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
- const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
- int shndx;
-
- /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
- s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
- if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
- return 1;
- s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
- if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
- return -1;
-
- /* Sorted by section index. */
- shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
- if (shndx != 0)
- return shndx;
-
- /* Sorted by binding. */
- return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
-}
-
-struct elf_symbol
-{
- Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
- const char *name;
-};
-
-static int
-elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
-{
- const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
- const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
- return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
-}
-
-/* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
- symbols. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
-{
- bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
- bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
- Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
- Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
- Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
- struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
- bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
- int shndx1, shndx2;
- bfd_boolean result;
-
- bfd1 = sec1->owner;
- bfd2 = sec2->owner;
-
- /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
- section name. */
- if (strncmp (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
- sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
- && strncmp (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
- sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
- return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
- sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
-
- /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
- if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
- return FALSE;
-
- if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
- && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
- {
- /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
- same group name. */
- if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
- shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
- if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
- return FALSE;
-
- bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
- bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
- hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
- symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
- hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
- symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
-
- if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
- return FALSE;
-
- isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
- NULL, NULL, NULL);
- isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
- NULL, NULL, NULL);
-
- result = FALSE;
- if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
- goto done;
-
- /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
- the beginning. */
- qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
- elf_sort_elf_symbol);
- qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
- elf_sort_elf_symbol);
-
- /* Count definitions in the section. */
- count1 = 0;
- for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
- isym < isymend; isym++)
- {
- if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
- {
- if (count1 == 0)
- isymstart1 = isym;
- count1++;
- }
-
- if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
- break;
- }
-
- count2 = 0;
- for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
- isym < isymend; isym++)
- {
- if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
- {
- if (count2 == 0)
- isymstart2 = isym;
- count2++;
- }
-
- if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
- break;
- }
-
- if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
- goto done;
-
- symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
- symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
-
- if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
- goto done;
-
- symp = symtable1;
- for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
- isym < isymend; isym++)
- {
- symp->sym = isym;
- symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
- hdr1->sh_link,
- isym->st_name);
- symp++;
- }
-
- symp = symtable2;
- for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
- isym < isymend; isym++)
- {
- symp->sym = isym;
- symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
- hdr2->sh_link,
- isym->st_name);
- symp++;
- }
-
- /* Sort symbol by name. */
- qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
- elf_sym_name_compare);
- qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
- elf_sym_name_compare);
-
- for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
- /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
- if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
- || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
- || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
- goto done;
-
- result = TRUE;
-
-done:
- if (symtable1)
- free (symtable1);
- if (symtable2)
- free (symtable2);
- if (isymbuf1)
- free (isymbuf1);
- if (isymbuf2)
- free (isymbuf2);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-/* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
-asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
- = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
- SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON",
- 0);
-
-/* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
-
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec,
- bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec)
-{
- if (asec == NULL
- || bsec == NULL
- || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return TRUE;
-
- return elf_section_type (asec) == elf_section_type (bsec);
-}